blob: 7be55ebb1125ac3b47d125e3d431cf884515e78a [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000015#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000018#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000019#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000021#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000022#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000023#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000028#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000029#include "RecordLayoutBuilder.h"
30
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000031using namespace clang;
32
33enum FloatingRank {
34 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
35};
36
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +000037ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
38 TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000039 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000040 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000041 bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) :
42 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +000043 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +000044 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
45 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000046 LoadedExternalComments(false), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +000047 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000048 BuiltinInfo(builtins), ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000049 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
50 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000051 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000052 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +000053 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000054}
55
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000056ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
57 // Deallocate all the types.
58 while (!Types.empty()) {
Ted Kremenek4b05b1d2008-05-21 16:38:54 +000059 Types.back()->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000060 Types.pop_back();
61 }
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000062
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000063 {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +000064 llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals>::iterator
65 I = ExtQualNodes.begin(), E = ExtQualNodes.end();
66 while (I != E)
67 Deallocate(&*I++);
68 }
69
70 {
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000071 llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
72 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end();
73 while (I != E) {
74 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
75 delete R;
76 }
77 }
78
79 {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +000080 llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
81 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end();
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000082 while (I != E) {
83 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
84 delete R;
85 }
86 }
87
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000088 // Destroy nested-name-specifiers.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000089 for (llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier>::iterator
90 NNS = NestedNameSpecifiers.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000091 NNSEnd = NestedNameSpecifiers.end();
92 NNS != NNSEnd;
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000093 /* Increment in loop */)
94 (*NNS++).Destroy(*this);
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000095
96 if (GlobalNestedNameSpecifier)
97 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier->Destroy(*this);
98
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000099 TUDecl->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000100}
101
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000102void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000103ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
104 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
105}
106
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000107void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
108 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
109 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000110
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000111 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000112#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000113#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
114#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
115 0 // Extra
116 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000117
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000118 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
119 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000120 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000121 }
122
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000123 unsigned Idx = 0;
124 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
125#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
126 if (counts[Idx]) \
127 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
128 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
129 ++Idx;
130#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
131#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000132
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000133 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000134
135 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
136 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
137 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
138 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000139}
140
141
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000142void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000143 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000144 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000145 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000146}
147
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000148void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
149 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000150
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000151 // C99 6.2.5p19.
152 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000153
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000154 // C99 6.2.5p2.
155 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
156 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000157 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000158 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
159 else
160 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
161 // C99 6.2.5p4.
162 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
163 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
164 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
165 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
166 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000167
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000168 // C99 6.2.5p6.
169 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
170 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
171 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
172 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
173 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000174
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000175 // C99 6.2.5p10.
176 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
177 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
178 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000179
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000180 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
181 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
182 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
183
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000184 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
185 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
186 else // C99
187 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000188
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000189 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
190 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
191 else // C99
192 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
193
194 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
195 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
196 else // C99
197 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
198
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000199 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000200 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
201
202 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
203 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
204 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
205 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
206 // expressions.
207 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000208
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000209 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000210 // not yet been deduced.
211 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000212
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000213 // C99 6.2.5p11.
214 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
215 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
216 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000217
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000218 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000219
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000220 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
221 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
222 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000223
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000224 // Builtin types for 'id' and 'Class'.
225 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
226 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000227
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000228 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000229
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000230 // void * type
231 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000232
233 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
234 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000235}
236
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000237MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000238ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000239 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000240 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000241 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
242 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
243 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000244
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000245 return Pos->second;
246}
247
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000248void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000249ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
250 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000251 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
252 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
253 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
254 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000255 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
256 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000257}
258
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000259UnresolvedUsingDecl *
260ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, UnresolvedUsingDecl *>::iterator Pos
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000262 = InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl.find(UUD);
263 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl.end())
264 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000265
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000266 return Pos->second;
267}
268
269void
270ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD,
271 UnresolvedUsingDecl *UUD) {
272 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl[UD] &&
273 "Already noted what using decl what instantiated from");
274 InstantiatedFromUnresolvedUsingDecl[UD] = UUD;
275}
276
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000277FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
278 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
279 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
280 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
281 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000282
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000283 return Pos->second;
284}
285
286void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
287 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
288 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
289 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
290 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
291 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000292
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000293 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
294}
295
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000296namespace {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000297 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000298 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
299 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000300
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000301 public:
302 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000304 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
305 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
306 }
307 };
308}
309
310/// \brief Determine whether the given comment is a Doxygen-style comment.
311///
312/// \param Start the start of the comment text.
313///
314/// \param End the end of the comment text.
315///
316/// \param Member whether we want to check whether this is a member comment
317/// (which requires a < after the Doxygen-comment delimiter). Otherwise,
318/// we only return true when we find a non-member comment.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000319static bool
320isDoxygenComment(SourceManager &SourceMgr, SourceRange Comment,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000321 bool Member = false) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000322 const char *BufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000323 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(SourceMgr.getFileID(Comment.getBegin())).first;
324 const char *Start = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getBegin());
325 const char* End = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000326
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000327 if (End - Start < 4)
328 return false;
329
330 assert(Start[0] == '/' && "Not a comment?");
331 if (Start[1] == '*' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '*'))
332 return false;
333 if (Start[1] == '/' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '/'))
334 return false;
335
336 return (Start[3] == '<') == Member;
337}
338
339/// \brief Retrieve the comment associated with the given declaration, if
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000340/// it has one.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000341const char *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) {
342 if (!D)
343 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000344
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000345 // Check whether we have cached a comment string for this declaration
346 // already.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000347 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, std::string>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000348 = DeclComments.find(D);
349 if (Pos != DeclComments.end())
350 return Pos->second.c_str();
351
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000352 // If we have an external AST source and have not yet loaded comments from
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000353 // that source, do so now.
354 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalComments) {
355 std::vector<SourceRange> LoadedComments;
356 ExternalSource->ReadComments(LoadedComments);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000358 if (!LoadedComments.empty())
359 Comments.insert(Comments.begin(), LoadedComments.begin(),
360 LoadedComments.end());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000361
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000362 LoadedExternalComments = true;
363 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000364
365 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000366 if (Comments.empty())
367 return 0;
368
369 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
370 // can't find the comment.
371 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc = D->getLocStart();
372 if (DeclStartLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclStartLoc.isFileID())
373 return 0;
374
375 // Find the comment that occurs just before this declaration.
376 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator LastComment
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000377 = std::lower_bound(Comments.begin(), Comments.end(),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000378 SourceRange(DeclStartLoc),
379 BeforeInTranslationUnit(&SourceMgr));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000381 // Decompose the location for the start of the declaration and find the
382 // beginning of the file buffer.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000383 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclStartDecomp
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000384 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclStartLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000385 const char *FileBufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000386 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclStartDecomp.first).first;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000387
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000388 // First check whether we have a comment for a member.
389 if (LastComment != Comments.end() &&
390 !isa<TagDecl>(D) && !isa<NamespaceDecl>(D) &&
391 isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment, true)) {
392 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
393 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
394 if (DeclStartDecomp.first == LastCommentEndDecomp.first &&
395 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000396 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000397 LastCommentEndDecomp.second)) {
398 // The Doxygen member comment comes after the declaration starts and
399 // is on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. This
400 // is the comment we want.
401 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000402 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
403 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000404 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
405 return Result.c_str();
406 }
407 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000409 if (LastComment == Comments.begin())
410 return 0;
411 --LastComment;
412
413 // Decompose the end of the comment.
414 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
415 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000417 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
418 // aren't related.
419 if (DeclStartDecomp.first != LastCommentEndDecomp.first)
420 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000421
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000422 // Check that we actually have a Doxygen comment.
423 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment))
424 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000425
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000426 // Compute the starting line for the declaration and for the end of the
427 // comment (this is expensive).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428 unsigned DeclStartLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000429 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second);
430 unsigned CommentEndLine
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000431 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000432 LastCommentEndDecomp.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000434 // If the comment does not end on the line prior to the declaration, then
435 // the comment is not associated with the declaration at all.
436 if (CommentEndLine + 1 != DeclStartLine)
437 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000438
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000439 // We have a comment, but there may be more comments on the previous lines.
440 // Keep looking so long as the comments are still Doxygen comments and are
441 // still adjacent.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442 unsigned ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000443 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(LastComment->getBegin()) - 1;
444 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator FirstComment = LastComment;
445 while (FirstComment != Comments.begin()) {
446 // Look at the previous comment
447 --FirstComment;
448 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> Decomp
449 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000450
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000451 // If this previous comment is in a different file, we're done.
452 if (Decomp.first != DeclStartDecomp.first) {
453 ++FirstComment;
454 break;
455 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000457 // If this comment is not a Doxygen comment, we're done.
458 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *FirstComment)) {
459 ++FirstComment;
460 break;
461 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000463 // If the line number is not what we expected, we're done.
464 unsigned Line = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(Decomp.first, Decomp.second);
465 if (Line != ExpectedLine) {
466 ++FirstComment;
467 break;
468 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000470 // Set the next expected line number.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471 ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000472 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(FirstComment->getBegin()) - 1;
473 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000474
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000475 // The iterator range [FirstComment, LastComment] contains all of the
476 // BCPL comments that, together, are associated with this declaration.
477 // Form a single comment block string for this declaration that concatenates
478 // all of these comments.
479 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
480 while (FirstComment != LastComment) {
481 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompStart
482 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getBegin());
483 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompEnd
484 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
485 Result.append(FileBufferStart + DecompStart.second,
486 FileBufferStart + DecompEnd.second + 1);
487 ++FirstComment;
488 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000489
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000490 // Append the last comment line.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000491 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
492 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000493 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
494 return Result.c_str();
495}
496
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000497//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
498// Type Sizing and Analysis
499//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000500
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000501/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
502/// scalar floating point type.
503const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000504 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000505 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
506 switch (BT->getKind()) {
507 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
508 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
509 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
510 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
511 }
512}
513
Mike Stump196efbf2009-09-22 02:43:44 +0000514/// getDeclAlignInBytes - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000515/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
516/// this method will assert on them.
Daniel Dunbarb7d08442009-02-17 22:16:19 +0000517unsigned ASTContext::getDeclAlignInBytes(const Decl *D) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000518 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
519
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000520 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000521 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getAlignment());
522
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000523 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
524 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000525 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000526 unsigned AS = RT->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Anders Carlssonf0930232009-04-10 04:52:36 +0000527 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000528 } else if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
529 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000530 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
531 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
532
533 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
534 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000535 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000536
537 return Align / Target.getCharWidth();
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000538}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000539
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000540/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
541/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000542///
543/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
544/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
545/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000546std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000547ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000548 uint64_t Width=0;
549 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000550 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000551#define TYPE(Class, Base)
552#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000553#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000554#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
555#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000556 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000557 break;
558
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000559 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
560 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000561 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
562 Width = 0;
563 Align = 32;
564 break;
565
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000566 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000567 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000568 Width = 0;
569 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
570 break;
571
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000572 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000573 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000574
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000575 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000576 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000577 Align = EltInfo.second;
578 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000579 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000580 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000581 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000582 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
583 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
584 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000585 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000586 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
587 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000588 if (VT->getNumElements() & (VT->getNumElements()-1)) {
589 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
590 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
591 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000592 break;
593 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000594
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000595 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000596 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000597 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000598 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000599 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
600 Width = 0;
601 Align = 8;
602 break;
603
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000604 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000605 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
606 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000607 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000608 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
609 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
610 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000611 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000612 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
613 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000614 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000615 case BuiltinType::WChar:
616 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
617 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
618 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000619 case BuiltinType::Char16:
620 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
621 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
622 break;
623 case BuiltinType::Char32:
624 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
625 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
626 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000627 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000628 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000629 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
630 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000631 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000632 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000633 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000634 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
635 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000636 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000637 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000638 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
640 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000641 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000642 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000643 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000644 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
645 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000646 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000647 case BuiltinType::Int128:
648 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
649 Width = 128;
650 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
651 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000652 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000653 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
654 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000655 break;
656 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000657 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
658 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000659 break;
660 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000661 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
662 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000663 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000664 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
665 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
666 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000667 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000668 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000669 break;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000670 case Type::FixedWidthInt:
671 // FIXME: This isn't precisely correct; the width/alignment should depend
672 // on the available types for the target
673 Width = cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)->getWidth();
Chris Lattner736166b2009-02-15 21:20:13 +0000674 Width = std::max(llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width - 1), (uint64_t)8);
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000675 Align = Width;
676 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000677 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000678 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000679 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000680 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000681 case Type::BlockPointer: {
682 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
683 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
684 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
685 break;
686 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000687 case Type::Pointer: {
688 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000689 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000690 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
691 break;
692 }
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000693 case Type::LValueReference:
694 case Type::RValueReference:
Chris Lattner7ab2ed82007-07-13 22:16:13 +0000695 // "When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result is the size
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000696 // of the referenced type." C++98 5.3.3p2: expr.sizeof.
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000697 // FIXME: This is wrong for struct layout: a reference in a struct has
698 // pointer size.
Chris Lattnerbdcd6372008-04-02 17:35:06 +0000699 return getTypeInfo(cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000700 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000701 // FIXME: This is ABI dependent. We use the Itanium C++ ABI.
702 // http://www.codesourcery.com/public/cxx-abi/abi.html#member-pointers
703 // If we ever want to support other ABIs this needs to be abstracted.
704
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000705 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000706 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000707 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
708 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000709 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
710 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000711 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
712 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000713 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000714 case Type::Complex: {
715 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
716 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000717 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000718 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000719 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000720 Align = EltInfo.second;
721 break;
722 }
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000723 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000724 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000725 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
726 Width = Layout.getSize();
727 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
728 break;
729 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000730 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000731 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000732 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
733
734 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000735 Width = 1;
736 Align = 1;
737 break;
738 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000739
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000740 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000741 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
742
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000743 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000744 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
745 Width = Layout.getSize();
746 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000747 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000748 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000749
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000750 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000751 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
752 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000753
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000754 case Type::Elaborated:
755 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()
756 .getTypePtr());
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +0000757
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000758 case Type::Typedef: {
759 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000760 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000761 Align = Aligned->getAlignment();
762 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
763 } else
764 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000765 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000766 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000767
768 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
769 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
770 .getTypePtr());
771
772 case Type::TypeOf:
773 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
774
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000775 case Type::Decltype:
776 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
777 .getTypePtr());
778
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000779 case Type::QualifiedName:
780 return getTypeInfo(cast<QualifiedNameType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000781
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000782 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000783 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000784 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
785 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
786 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
787 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
788 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
789 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000790
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000791 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000792 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000793}
794
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000795/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
796/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
797/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
798/// a data type.
799unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
800 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000801
802 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000803 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000804 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
805 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
806 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
807 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
808
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000809 return ABIAlign;
810}
811
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000812static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
813 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
814 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000815 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
816 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000817 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000818 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
819 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
820 }
821}
822
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000823void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
824 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
825 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
826 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
827 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
828}
829
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000830/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
831/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
832///
833void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
834 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars,
835 bool CollectSynthesized) {
836 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
837 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
838 Ivars.push_back(*I);
839 }
840 if (CollectSynthesized)
841 CollectSynthesizedIvars(OI, Ivars);
842}
843
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000844void ASTContext::CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD,
845 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000846 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
847 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000848 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
849 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000850
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000851 // Also look into nested protocols.
852 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
853 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
854 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P, Ivars);
855}
856
857/// CollectSynthesizedIvars -
858/// This routine collect synthesized ivars for the designated class.
859///
860void ASTContext::CollectSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
861 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000862 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
863 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000864 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
865 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
866 }
867 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
868 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
869 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
870 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
871 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
872 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD, Ivars);
873 }
874}
875
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000876unsigned ASTContext::CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
877 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000878 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
879 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000880 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
881 ++count;
882
883 // Also look into nested protocols.
884 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
885 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
886 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P);
887 return count;
888}
889
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000890unsigned ASTContext::CountSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000891 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000892 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
893 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000894 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
895 ++count;
896 }
897 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
898 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
899 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
900 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
901 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
902 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD);
903 }
904 return count;
905}
906
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000907/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
908ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
909 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
910 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
911 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
912 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
913 return 0;
914}
915/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
916ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
917 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
918 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
919 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
920 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
921 return 0;
922}
923
924/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
925void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
926 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
927 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
928 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
929}
930/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
931void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
932 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
933 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
934 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
935}
936
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000937/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized DeclaratorInfo.
938///
939/// The caller should initialize the memory held by DeclaratorInfo using
940/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
941///
942/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
943/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
944/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +0000945DeclaratorInfo *ASTContext::CreateDeclaratorInfo(QualType T,
946 unsigned DataSize) {
947 if (!DataSize)
948 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
949 else
950 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
951 "incorrect data size provided to CreateDeclaratorInfo!");
952
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000953 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo =
954 (DeclaratorInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(DeclaratorInfo) + DataSize, 8);
955 new (DInfo) DeclaratorInfo(T);
956 return DInfo;
957}
958
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +0000959DeclaratorInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialDeclaratorInfo(QualType T,
960 SourceLocation L) {
961 DeclaratorInfo *DI = CreateDeclaratorInfo(T);
962 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
963 return DI;
964}
965
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +0000966/// getInterfaceLayoutImpl - Get or compute information about the
967/// layout of the given interface.
968///
969/// \param Impl - If given, also include the layout of the interface's
970/// implementation. This may differ by including synthesized ivars.
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000971const ASTRecordLayout &
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +0000972ASTContext::getObjCLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
973 const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl) {
Daniel Dunbar532d4da2009-05-03 13:15:50 +0000974 assert(!D->isForwardDecl() && "Invalid interface decl!");
975
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000976 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000977 ObjCContainerDecl *Key =
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +0000978 Impl ? (ObjCContainerDecl*) Impl : (ObjCContainerDecl*) D;
979 if (const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ObjCLayouts[Key])
980 return *Entry;
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000981
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +0000982 // Add in synthesized ivar count if laying out an implementation.
983 if (Impl) {
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +0000984 unsigned FieldCount = D->ivar_size();
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000985 unsigned SynthCount = CountSynthesizedIvars(D);
986 FieldCount += SynthCount;
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +0000987 // If there aren't any sythesized ivars then reuse the interface
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +0000988 // entry. Note we can't cache this because we simply free all
989 // entries later; however we shouldn't look up implementations
990 // frequently.
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000991 if (SynthCount == 0)
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +0000992 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
993 }
994
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000995 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +0000996 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D, Impl);
997 ObjCLayouts[Key] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000998
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000999 return *NewEntry;
1000}
1001
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001002const ASTRecordLayout &
1003ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1004 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1005}
1006
1007const ASTRecordLayout &
1008ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1009 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1010}
1011
Devang Patel88a981b2007-11-01 19:11:01 +00001012/// getASTRecordLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of the
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001013/// specified record (struct/union/class), which indicates its size and field
1014/// position information.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001015const ASTRecordLayout &ASTContext::getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) {
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001016 D = D->getDefinition(*this);
1017 assert(D && "Cannot get layout of forward declarations!");
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001018
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001019 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001020 // Note that we can't save a reference to the entry because this function
1021 // is recursive.
1022 const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ASTRecordLayouts[D];
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001023 if (Entry) return *Entry;
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001024
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001025 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001026 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D);
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001027 ASTRecordLayouts[D] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001028
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001029 return *NewEntry;
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001030}
1031
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001032//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1033// Type creation/memoization methods
1034//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1035
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001036QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1037 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1038 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1039
1040 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1041 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1042 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1043 void *InsertPos = 0;
1044 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1045 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1046 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1047 return T;
1048 }
1049
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001050 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001051 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1052 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1053 return T;
1054}
1055
1056QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1057 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1058 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1059
1060 QualifierCollector Quals;
1061 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1062 Quals.addVolatile();
1063
1064 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1065}
1066
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001067QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001068 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1069 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001070 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001071
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001072 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1073 // into one ExtQuals node.
1074 QualifierCollector Quals;
1075 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001076
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001077 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1078 // another one.
1079 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1080 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1081 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001082
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001083 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001084}
1085
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001086QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001087 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001088 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001089 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001090 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001091
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001092 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001093 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001094 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001095 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1096 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1097 }
1098 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001099
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001100 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1101 // into one ExtQuals node.
1102 QualifierCollector Quals;
1103 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001104
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001105 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1106 // another one.
1107 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1108 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1109 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001110
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001111 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001112}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001113
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001114QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001115 QualType ResultType;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001116 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001117 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001118 ResultType = getNoReturnType(Pointee);
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00001119 ResultType = getPointerType(ResultType);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001120 } else if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001121 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001122 ResultType = getNoReturnType(Pointee);
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00001123 ResultType = getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001124 } else {
1125 assert (T->isFunctionType()
1126 && "can't noreturn qualify non-pointer to function or block type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001127
Benjamin Kramerbdbeeb52009-09-25 11:47:22 +00001128 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = T->getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>()) {
1129 ResultType = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), true);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001130 } else {
1131 const FunctionProtoType *F = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1132 ResultType
1133 = getFunctionType(F->getResultType(), F->arg_type_begin(),
1134 F->getNumArgs(), F->isVariadic(), F->getTypeQuals(),
1135 F->hasExceptionSpec(), F->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1136 F->getNumExceptions(), F->exception_begin(), true);
1137 }
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001138 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001139
1140 return getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getQualifiers());
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001141}
1142
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001143/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1144/// number with the specified element type.
1145QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1146 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1147 // structure.
1148 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1149 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001150
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001151 void *InsertPos = 0;
1152 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1153 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001154
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001155 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1156 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1157 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001158 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001159 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001160
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001161 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1162 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001163 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001164 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001165 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001166 Types.push_back(New);
1167 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1168 return QualType(New, 0);
1169}
1170
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00001171QualType ASTContext::getFixedWidthIntType(unsigned Width, bool Signed) {
1172 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, FixedWidthIntType*> &Map = Signed ?
1173 SignedFixedWidthIntTypes : UnsignedFixedWidthIntTypes;
1174 FixedWidthIntType *&Entry = Map[Width];
1175 if (!Entry)
1176 Entry = new FixedWidthIntType(Width, Signed);
1177 return QualType(Entry, 0);
1178}
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001179
1180/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1181/// the specified type.
1182QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1183 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1184 // structure.
1185 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1186 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001187
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001188 void *InsertPos = 0;
1189 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1190 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001191
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001192 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1193 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1194 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001195 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001196 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001197
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001198 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1199 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001200 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001201 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001202 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001203 Types.push_back(New);
1204 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1205 return QualType(New, 0);
1206}
1207
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001208/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001209/// a pointer to the specified block.
1210QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001211 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1212 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001213 // structure.
1214 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1215 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001216
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001217 void *InsertPos = 0;
1218 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1219 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1220 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001221
1222 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001223 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1224 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001225 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001226 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001227
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001228 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1229 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1230 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001231 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001232 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001233 BlockPointerType *New
1234 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001235 Types.push_back(New);
1236 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1237 return QualType(New, 0);
1238}
1239
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001240/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1241/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001242QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001243 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1244 // structure.
1245 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001246 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001247
1248 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001249 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1250 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001251 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001252
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001253 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1254
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001255 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1256 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1257 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001258 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1259 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1260 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001261
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001262 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001263 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1264 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001265 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001266 }
1267
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001268 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001269 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1270 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001271 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001272 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001273
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001274 return QualType(New, 0);
1275}
1276
1277/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1278/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1279QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1280 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1281 // structure.
1282 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001283 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001284
1285 void *InsertPos = 0;
1286 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1287 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1288 return QualType(RT, 0);
1289
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001290 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1291
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001292 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1293 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1294 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001295 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1296 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1297 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001298
1299 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1300 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1301 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1302 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1303 }
1304
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001305 RValueReferenceType *New
1306 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001307 Types.push_back(New);
1308 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001309 return QualType(New, 0);
1310}
1311
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001312/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1313/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001314QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001315 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1316 // structure.
1317 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1318 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1319
1320 void *InsertPos = 0;
1321 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1322 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1323 return QualType(PT, 0);
1324
1325 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1326 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1327 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001328 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001329 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1330
1331 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1332 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1333 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1334 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1335 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001336 MemberPointerType *New
1337 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001338 Types.push_back(New);
1339 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1340 return QualType(New, 0);
1341}
1342
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001343/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001344/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001345QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001346 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001347 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1348 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001349 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
1350 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1351
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001352 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1353 // the target.
1354 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1355 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001356
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001357 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001358 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001359
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001360 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001361 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001362 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001363 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001364
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001365 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1366 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1367 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001368 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001369 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001370 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001371 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001372 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001373 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001374 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001375 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001376
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001377 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1378 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001379 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001380 Types.push_back(New);
1381 return QualType(New, 0);
1382}
1383
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001384/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1385/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001386QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1387 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001388 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001389 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1390 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001391 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1392 // that have an expression provided for their size.
1393
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001394 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1395 VariableArrayType(EltTy, QualType(), NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001396
1397 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1398 Types.push_back(New);
1399 return QualType(New, 0);
1400}
1401
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001402/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1403/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001404/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001405QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1406 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001407 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001408 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1409 SourceRange Brackets) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001410 assert((NumElts->isTypeDependent() || NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001411 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1412
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001413 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001414 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001415 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001416
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001417 void *InsertPos = 0;
1418 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon
1419 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1420 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1421 if (Canon) {
1422 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1423 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001424 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1425 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1426 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001427 } else {
1428 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1429 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001430 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1431 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1432 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001433 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1434 } else {
1435 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1436 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1437 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001438 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1439 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1440 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001441 }
1442 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001443
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001444 Types.push_back(New);
1445 return QualType(New, 0);
1446}
1447
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001448QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1449 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1450 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1451 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001452 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001453
1454 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001455 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001456 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1457 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1458
1459 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1460 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1461 QualType Canonical;
1462
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001463 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001464 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001465 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001466
1467 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1468 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1469 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001470 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001471 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001472
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001473 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1474 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001475
1476 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1477 Types.push_back(New);
1478 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001479}
1480
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001481/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1482/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
1483QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001484 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001485
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001486 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001487 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001488
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001489 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1490 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001491 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001492 void *InsertPos = 0;
1493 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1494 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1495
1496 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1497 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1498 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001499 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001500 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001501
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001502 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1503 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001504 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001505 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001506 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1507 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001508 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1509 Types.push_back(New);
1510 return QualType(New, 0);
1511}
1512
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001513/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001514/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001515QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001516 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001517
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001518 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001519 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001520
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001521 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1522 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001523 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001524 void *InsertPos = 0;
1525 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1526 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1527
1528 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1529 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1530 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001531 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001532 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001533
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001534 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1535 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001536 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001537 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001538 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1539 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001540 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1541 Types.push_back(New);
1542 return QualType(New, 0);
1543}
1544
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001545QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001546 Expr *SizeExpr,
1547 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001548 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001549 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001550 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001551
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001552 void *InsertPos = 0;
1553 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1554 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1555 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1556 if (Canon) {
1557 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1558 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001559 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1560 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1561 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001562 } else {
1563 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1564 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001565 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1566 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1567 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001568 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1569 } else {
1570 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1571 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001572 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1573 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001574 }
1575 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001576
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001577 Types.push_back(New);
1578 return QualType(New, 0);
1579}
1580
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001581/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001582///
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001583QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, bool NoReturn) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001584 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1585 // structure.
1586 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001587 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001588
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001589 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001590 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001591 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001592 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001593
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001594 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001595 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001596 Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001597
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001598 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001599 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1600 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001601 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001602 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001603
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001604 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1605 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001606 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001607 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001608 return QualType(New, 0);
1609}
1610
1611/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1612/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001613QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001614 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001615 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1616 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001617 const QualType *ExArray, bool NoReturn) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001618 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1619 // structure.
1620 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001621 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001622 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001623 NumExs, ExArray, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001624
1625 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001626 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001627 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001628 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001629
1630 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001631 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001632 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001633 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001634 isCanonical = false;
1635
1636 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001637 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001638 QualType Canonical;
1639 if (!isCanonical) {
1640 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1641 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1642 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001643 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001644
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001645 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001646 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001647 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
1648 false, 0, 0, NoReturn);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001649
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001650 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001651 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1652 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001653 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001654 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001655
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001656 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001657 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1658 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001659 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001660 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1661 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001662 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001663 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001664 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001665 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001666 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001667 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001668 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1669}
1670
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001671/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1672/// specified type declaration.
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001673QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclType(TypeDecl *Decl, TypeDecl* PrevDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001674 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001675 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001676
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001677 if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001678 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001679 else if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl)) {
1680 assert(false && "Template type parameter types are always available.");
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001681 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCInterface
1682 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001683 return getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterface);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001684
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001685 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001686 if (PrevDecl)
1687 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001688 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001689 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Record);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001690 } else if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001691 if (PrevDecl)
1692 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001693 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001694 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Enum);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001695 } else
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001696 assert(false && "TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001697
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001698 if (!PrevDecl) Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001699 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001700}
1701
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001702/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1703/// specified typename decl.
1704QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(TypedefDecl *Decl) {
1705 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001706
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001707 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001708 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1709 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001710 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1711 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1712}
1713
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001714/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1715QualType
1716ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1717 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001718 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001719 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1720
1721 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1722 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1723 void *InsertPos = 0;
1724 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1725 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1726
1727 if (!SubstParm) {
1728 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1729 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1730 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1731 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1732 }
1733
1734 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1735}
1736
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001737/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001738/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001739/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001740QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001741 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001742 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1743 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001744 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001745 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001746 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001747 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1748
1749 if (TypeParm)
1750 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001751
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001752 if (Name) {
1753 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001754 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1755 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001756 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001757 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1758 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001759
1760 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1761 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1762
1763 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1764}
1765
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001766QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001767ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
1768 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1769 unsigned NumArgs,
1770 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001771 if (!Canon.isNull())
1772 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
1773 else {
1774 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001775 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1776 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1777 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1778 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1779 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1780
1781 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1782 // exists.
1783 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001784 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001785 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001786
1787 void *InsertPos = 0;
1788 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1789 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001790
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001791 if (!Spec) {
1792 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001793 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001794 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001795 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001796 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001797 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001798 Canon);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001799 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001800 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001801 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001802
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001803 if (Canon.isNull())
1804 Canon = QualType(Spec, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001805 assert(Canon->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001806 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001807 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001808
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001809 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1810 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1811 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001812 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001813 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001814 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001815 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1816 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, Template, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001817 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001818
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001819 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001820 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001821}
1822
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001823QualType
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001824ASTContext::getQualifiedNameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001825 QualType NamedType) {
1826 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001827 QualifiedNameType::Profile(ID, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001828
1829 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001830 QualifiedNameType *T
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001831 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1832 if (T)
1833 return QualType(T, 0);
1834
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001835 T = new (*this) QualifiedNameType(NNS, NamedType,
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001836 getCanonicalType(NamedType));
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001837 Types.push_back(T);
1838 QualifiedNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1839 return QualType(T, 0);
1840}
1841
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001842QualType ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001843 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
1844 QualType Canon) {
1845 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1846
1847 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1848 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1849 if (CanonNNS != NNS)
1850 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, Name);
1851 }
1852
1853 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1854 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
1855
1856 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001857 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001858 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1859 if (T)
1860 return QualType(T, 0);
1861
1862 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, Name, Canon);
1863 Types.push_back(T);
1864 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001865 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001866}
1867
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868QualType
1869ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001870 const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
1871 QualType Canon) {
1872 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1873
1874 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1875 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1876 QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
1877 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonType != QualType(TemplateId, 0)) {
1878 const TemplateSpecializationType *CanonTemplateId
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001879 = CanonType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001880 assert(CanonTemplateId &&
1881 "Canonical type must also be a template specialization type");
1882 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, CanonTemplateId);
1883 }
1884 }
1885
1886 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1887 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateId);
1888
1889 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001890 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001891 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1892 if (T)
1893 return QualType(T, 0);
1894
1895 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, TemplateId, Canon);
1896 Types.push_back(T);
1897 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001898 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001899}
1900
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00001901QualType
1902ASTContext::getElaboratedType(QualType UnderlyingType,
1903 ElaboratedType::TagKind Tag) {
1904 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1905 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, UnderlyingType, Tag);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001906
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00001907 void *InsertPos = 0;
1908 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1909 if (T)
1910 return QualType(T, 0);
1911
1912 QualType Canon = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType);
1913
1914 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(UnderlyingType, Tag, Canon);
1915 Types.push_back(T);
1916 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1917 return QualType(T, 0);
1918}
1919
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00001920/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
1921/// alphabetically.
1922static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
1923 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00001924 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00001925}
1926
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001927static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
1928 unsigned NumProtocols) {
1929 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
1930
1931 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
1932 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
1933 return false;
1934 return true;
1935}
1936
1937static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00001938 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
1939 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001940
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00001941 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
1942 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
1943
1944 // Remove duplicates.
1945 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
1946 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
1947}
1948
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001949/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
1950/// the given interface decl and the conforming protocol list.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001951QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType InterfaceT,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001952 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001953 unsigned NumProtocols) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001954 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001955 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001956
1957 void *InsertPos = 0;
1958 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
1959 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1960 return QualType(QT, 0);
1961
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001962 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
1963 QualType Canonical;
1964 if (!InterfaceT.isCanonical() ||
1965 !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
1966 if (!areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
1967 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
1968 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
1969
1970 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
1971 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
1972
1973 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
1974 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
1975 } else {
1976 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
1977 Protocols, NumProtocols);
1978 }
1979
1980 // Regenerate InsertPos.
1981 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1982 }
1983
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001984 // No Match;
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001985 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001986 ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001987
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001988 Types.push_back(QType);
1989 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
1990 return QualType(QType, 0);
1991}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00001992
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00001993/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1994/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
1995QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001996 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00001997 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00001998 ObjCInterfaceType::Profile(ID, Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001999
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002000 void *InsertPos = 0;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002001 if (ObjCInterfaceType *QT =
2002 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002003 return QualType(QT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002004
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002005 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2006 QualType Canonical;
2007 if (NumProtocols && !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2008 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2009 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2010
2011 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2012 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2013
2014 Canonical = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl, &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2015
2016 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2017 }
2018
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002019 ObjCInterfaceType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002020 ObjCInterfaceType(Canonical, const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(Decl),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002021 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002022
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002023 Types.push_back(QType);
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002024 ObjCInterfaceTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002025 return QualType(QType, 0);
2026}
2027
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002028/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2029/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002030/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002031/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002032/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002033QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002034 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002035 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2036 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2037 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002038
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002039 void *InsertPos = 0;
2040 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2041 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2042 if (Canon) {
2043 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2044 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002045 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002046 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2047 }
2048 else {
2049 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002050 Canon
2051 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002052 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2053 toe = Canon;
2054 }
2055 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002056 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002057 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002058 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002059 Types.push_back(toe);
2060 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002061}
2062
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002063/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2064/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2065/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002066/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002067/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002068QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002069 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002070 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002071 Types.push_back(tot);
2072 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002073}
2074
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002075/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2076/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2077static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002078 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2079 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002080
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002081 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2082 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2083 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2084 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2085 return VD->getType();
2086 }
2087 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2088 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2089 return FD->getType();
2090 }
2091 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2092 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2093 // return type of that function.
2094 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2095 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002096
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002097 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002098
2099 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002100 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2101 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2102 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002103
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002104 return T;
2105}
2106
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002107/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2108/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2109/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002110/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002111/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2112QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002113 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002114 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2115 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2116 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002117
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002118 void *InsertPos = 0;
2119 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2120 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2121 if (Canon) {
2122 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2123 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002124 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002125 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2126 }
2127 else {
2128 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002129 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002130 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2131 dt = Canon;
2132 }
2133 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002134 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002135 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002136 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002137 Types.push_back(dt);
2138 return QualType(dt, 0);
2139}
2140
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002141/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2142/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002143QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002144 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002145 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2146 // away const? mutable?
2147 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002148}
2149
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002150/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2151/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2152/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002153QualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002154 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002155}
2156
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002157/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2158/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2159QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2160 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2161 return WCharTy;
2162}
2163
2164/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2165/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2166QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2167 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2168 return UnsignedIntTy;
2169}
2170
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002171/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2172/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2173QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002174 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002175}
2176
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002177//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2178// Type Operators
2179//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2180
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002181CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2182 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2183 // qualifiers.
2184 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2185 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2186
2187 QualType Result;
2188 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2189 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2190 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2191 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2192 } else {
2193 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2194 }
2195
2196 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2197}
2198
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002199/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2200/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2201/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2202/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2203/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2204/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002205CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002206 QualifierCollector Quals;
2207 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2208 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002209
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002210 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2211 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2212
2213 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2214 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002215 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002216
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002217 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2218 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2219 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002220 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2221 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002222 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002223
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002224 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2225 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002226 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002227 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002228
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002229 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002230 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2231 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2232 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002233 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002234 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002235 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2236 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002237 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002238
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002239 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002240 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2241 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002242 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2243 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002244 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002245 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002246 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002247
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002248 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002249 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002250 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2251 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002252 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002253 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002254 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002255}
2256
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002257TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
2258 // If this template name refers to a template, the canonical
2259 // template name merely stores the template itself.
2260 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002261 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002262
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002263 // If this template name refers to a set of overloaded function templates,
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002264 /// the canonical template name merely stores the set of function templates.
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002265 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Name.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl()) {
2266 OverloadedFunctionDecl *CanonOvl = 0;
2267 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator F = Ovl->function_begin(),
2268 FEnd = Ovl->function_end();
2269 F != FEnd; ++F) {
2270 Decl *Canon = F->get()->getCanonicalDecl();
2271 if (CanonOvl || Canon != F->get()) {
2272 if (!CanonOvl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002273 CanonOvl = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(*this,
2274 Ovl->getDeclContext(),
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002275 Ovl->getDeclName());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002276
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002277 CanonOvl->addOverload(
2278 AnyFunctionDecl::getFromNamedDecl(cast<NamedDecl>(Canon)));
2279 }
2280 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002281
Douglas Gregor6ebd15e2009-07-31 05:24:01 +00002282 return TemplateName(CanonOvl? CanonOvl : Ovl);
2283 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002284
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002285 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2286 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2287 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2288}
2289
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002290TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002291ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2292 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2293 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2294 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002295
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002296 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
2297 // FIXME: Build canonical expression?
2298 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002299
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002300 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
2301 return TemplateArgument(SourceLocation(),
2302 Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002304 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2305 return TemplateArgument(SourceLocation(),
2306 *Arg.getAsIntegral(),
2307 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002308
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002309 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2310 return TemplateArgument(SourceLocation(),
2311 getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002313 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2314 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2315 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2316 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002317 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002318 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2319 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2320 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002321
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002322 TemplateArgument Result;
2323 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2324 return Result;
2325 }
2326 }
2327
2328 // Silence GCC warning
2329 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2330 return TemplateArgument();
2331}
2332
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002333NestedNameSpecifier *
2334ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002335 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002336 return 0;
2337
2338 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2339 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2340 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002341 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002342 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2343 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2344
2345 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2346 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2347 // this namespace and no prefix.
2348 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2349
2350 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2352 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002353 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2354 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002355 T.getTypePtr());
2356 }
2357
2358 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2359 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2360 return NNS;
2361 }
2362
2363 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2364 return 0;
2365}
2366
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002367
2368const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2369 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002370 if (!T.hasQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002371 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2372 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2373 return AT;
2374 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002375
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002376 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002377 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002378 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002379 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002380
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002381 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002382 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2383 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002384
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002385 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2386 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002387 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002388
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002389 QualifierCollector Qs;
2390 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002392 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2393 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002394 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002395 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002396
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002397 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2398 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2399 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2400 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002401 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002402
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002403 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2404 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2405 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002406 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002407 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2408 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2409 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002410 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002411
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002412 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002413 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2414 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002415 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002416 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2417 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002418 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002419 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002420 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002421
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002422 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002423 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002424 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002425 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002426 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002427 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002428 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002429}
2430
2431
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002432/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2433/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2434/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2435/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2436///
2437/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2438QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002439 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2440 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2441 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2442 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2443 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2444 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002445
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002446 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002447
2448 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002449 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002450}
2451
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002452QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002453 QualifierCollector Qs;
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002454 while (true) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002455 const Type *UT = Qs.strip(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002456 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(UT,0))) {
2457 QT = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00002458 } else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002459 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002460 }
2461 }
2462}
2463
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002464QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2465 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002466
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002467 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2468 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002469
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002470 return ElemTy;
2471}
2472
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002473/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002474uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002475ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2476 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2477 do {
2478 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2479 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2480 } while (CA);
2481 return ElementCount;
2482}
2483
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002484/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2485/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002486static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002487 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002488 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002489
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002490 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2491 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002492 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002493 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2494 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2495 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2496 }
2497}
2498
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002499/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2500/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002501/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2502/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002503QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2504 QualType Domain) const {
2505 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2506 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2507 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002508 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002509 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2510 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2511 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2512 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002513 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002514
2515 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2516 switch (EltRank) {
2517 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2518 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2519 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2520 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002521 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002522}
2523
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002524/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2525/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2526/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002527/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002528int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2529 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2530 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002531
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002532 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002533 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002534 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002535 return 1;
2536 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002537}
2538
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002539/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2540/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2541/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002542unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002543 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002544 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
2545 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr();
2546
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002547 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2548 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2549
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002550 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2551 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2552
2553 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2554 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2555
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002556 // There are two things which impact the integer rank: the width, and
2557 // the ordering of builtins. The builtin ordering is encoded in the
2558 // bottom three bits; the width is encoded in the bits above that.
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +00002559 if (FixedWidthIntType* FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T))
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002560 return FWIT->getWidth() << 3;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002561
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002562 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002563 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2564 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002565 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002566 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2567 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2568 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2569 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002570 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002571 case BuiltinType::Short:
2572 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002573 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002574 case BuiltinType::Int:
2575 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002576 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002577 case BuiltinType::Long:
2578 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002579 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002580 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2581 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002582 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002583 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2584 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2585 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002586 }
2587}
2588
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002589/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2590/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2591///
2592/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2593/// promotion occurs.
2594QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
2595 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2596 if (!Field)
2597 return QualType();
2598
2599 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2600
2601 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2602 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2603 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2604 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2605 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2606 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2607 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2608 return IntTy;
2609
2610 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2611 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2612
2613 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2614 // like the base type.
2615 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2616 // is ridiculous.
2617 return QualType();
2618}
2619
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002620/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2621/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2622/// integer type.
2623QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2624 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2625 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
2626 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2627 return IntTy;
2628 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2629 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2630 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2631 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2632}
2633
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002634/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002635/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002636/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002637int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002638 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2639 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002640 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002641
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002642 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2643 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002644
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002645 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2646 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002647
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002648 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2649 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2650 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2651 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002652
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002653 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2654 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2655 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2656 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2657 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002658
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002659 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2660 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002661 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002662 return -1;
2663 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002664
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002665 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2666 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2667 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002668
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002669 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2670 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002671 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002672 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002673}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002674
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002675// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002676QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2677 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002678 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
2679 RecordDecl::Create(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Ted Kremenekdf042e62008-09-05 01:34:33 +00002680 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002681 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002682
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002683 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002684 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002685 // int flags;
2686 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002687 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002688 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002689 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002690 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2691
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002692 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002693 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002694 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002695 SourceLocation(), 0,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa1d56622009-08-19 01:27:57 +00002696 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002697 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002698 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002699 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002700 }
2701
2702 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002703 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002704
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002705 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002706}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002707
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002708void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002709 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002710 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
2711 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2712}
2713
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002714QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002715 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002716 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
2717 RecordDecl::Create(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2718 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002719
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002720 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2721 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002722 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002723 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
2724 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
2725 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
2726 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002727
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002728 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2730 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
2731 SourceLocation(), 0,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa1d56622009-08-19 01:27:57 +00002732 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002733 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002734 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002735 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002736 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002737
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002738 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002739 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002740
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002741 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
2742}
2743
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002744QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
2745 if (BlockDescriptorType)
2746 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2747
2748 RecordDecl *T;
2749 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
2750 T = RecordDecl::Create(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2751 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
2752
2753 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2754 UnsignedLongTy,
2755 UnsignedLongTy,
2756 };
2757
2758 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2759 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002760 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002761 };
2762
2763 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2764 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2765 T,
2766 SourceLocation(),
2767 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
2768 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
2769 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2770 /*Mutable=*/false);
2771 T->addDecl(Field);
2772 }
2773
2774 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2775
2776 BlockDescriptorType = T;
2777
2778 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2779}
2780
2781void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
2782 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2783 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2784 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
2785}
2786
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002787QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
2788 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
2789 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2790
2791 RecordDecl *T;
2792 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
2793 T = RecordDecl::Create(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2794 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
2795
2796 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2797 UnsignedLongTy,
2798 UnsignedLongTy,
2799 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2800 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
2801 };
2802
2803 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2804 "reserved",
2805 "Size",
2806 "CopyFuncPtr",
2807 "DestroyFuncPtr"
2808 };
2809
2810 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
2811 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2812 T,
2813 SourceLocation(),
2814 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
2815 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
2816 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2817 /*Mutable=*/false);
2818 T->addDecl(Field);
2819 }
2820
2821 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2822
2823 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
2824
2825 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2826}
2827
2828void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
2829 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2830 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2831 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
2832}
2833
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002834bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
2835 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
2836 return true;
2837 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
2838 return true;
2839 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2840 return true;
2841 return false;
2842}
2843
2844QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
2845 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002846 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002847 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002848 // unsigned int __flags;
2849 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump38e16272009-10-21 22:01:24 +00002850 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
2851 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002852 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002853 // } *
2854
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002855 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
2856
2857 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00002858 static unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00002859 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
2860 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
2861 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002862 RecordDecl *T;
2863 T = RecordDecl::Create(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00002864 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002865 T->startDefinition();
2866 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
2867 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
2868 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2869 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2870 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
2871 Int32Ty,
2872 Int32Ty,
2873 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2874 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2875 Ty
2876 };
2877
2878 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2879 "__isa",
2880 "__forwarding",
2881 "__flags",
2882 "__size",
2883 "__copy_helper",
2884 "__destroy_helper",
2885 DeclName,
2886 };
2887
2888 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
2889 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
2890 continue;
2891 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
2892 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
2893 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
2894 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
2895 T->addDecl(Field);
2896 }
2897
2898 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2899
2900 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002901}
2902
2903
2904QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002905 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002906 llvm::SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> &BlockDeclRefDecls) {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002907 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00002908 static unsigned int UniqueBlockParmTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00002909 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
2910 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
2911 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002912 RecordDecl *T;
2913 T = RecordDecl::Create(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00002914 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002915 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2916 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2917 IntTy,
2918 IntTy,
2919 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002920 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
2921 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
2922 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002923 };
2924
2925 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2926 "__isa",
2927 "__flags",
2928 "__reserved",
2929 "__FuncPtr",
2930 "__descriptor"
2931 };
2932
2933 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002934 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002935 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
2936 FieldTypes[i], /*DInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002937 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
2938 T->addDecl(Field);
2939 }
2940
2941 for (size_t i = 0; i < BlockDeclRefDecls.size(); ++i) {
2942 const Expr *E = BlockDeclRefDecls[i];
2943 const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E);
2944 clang::IdentifierInfo *Name = 0;
2945 if (BDRE) {
2946 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
2947 Name = &Idents.get(D->getName());
2948 }
2949 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
2950
2951 if (BDRE && BDRE->isByRef())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002952 FieldType = BuildByRefType(BDRE->getDecl()->getNameAsCString(),
2953 FieldType);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002954
2955 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
2956 Name, FieldType, /*DInfo=*/0,
2957 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002958 T->addDecl(Field);
2959 }
2960
2961 T->completeDefinition(*this);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002962
2963 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002964}
2965
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002966void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002967 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002968 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
2969 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2970}
2971
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00002972// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
2973// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00002974static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00002975 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00002976 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
2977 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002978
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00002979 return false;
2980}
2981
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002982/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00002983/// purpose.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002984int ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002985 uint64_t sz = getTypeSize(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002986
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00002987 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
2988 if (sz > 0 && type->isIntegralType())
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002989 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSize(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00002990 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
2991 else if (type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002992 sz = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
2993 return sz / getTypeSize(CharTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00002994}
2995
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002996/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00002997/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002998void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00002999 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003000 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003001 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003002 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003003 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003004 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003005 // Compute size of all parameters.
3006 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3007 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3008 SourceLocation Loc;
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003009 int PtrSize = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy) / getTypeSize(CharTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003010 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3011 // their size.
3012 int ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003013 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3014 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3015 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3016 int sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003017 assert (sz > 0 && "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003018 ParmOffset += sz;
3019 }
3020 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3021 S += "@0:";
3022 S += llvm::utostr(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003023
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003024 // Argument types.
3025 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003026 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3027 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3028 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003029 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003030 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003031 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3032 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3033 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003034 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003035 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3036 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3037 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003038 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003039 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003040 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003041 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003042 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003043 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003044 }
3045}
3046
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003047/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003048/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003049/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3050/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003051/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3052/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3053/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3054/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3055/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003056/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3057/// @code
3058/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3059/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3060/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3061/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3062/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3063/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3064/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3065/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3066/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3067/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3068/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3069/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3070/// };
3071/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003072void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003073 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003074 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003075 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3076 bool Dynamic = false;
3077 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3078
3079 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3080 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003081 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003082 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3083 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003084 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003085 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003086 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3087 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3088 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3089 Dynamic = true;
3090 } else {
3091 SynthesizePID = PID;
3092 }
3093 }
3094 }
3095 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003096 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003097 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003098 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003099 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003100 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3101 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3102 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3103 Dynamic = true;
3104 } else {
3105 SynthesizePID = PID;
3106 }
3107 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003108 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003109 }
3110 }
3111
3112 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3113 S = "T";
3114
3115 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003116 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3117 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003118 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003119 true /* outermost type */,
3120 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003121
3122 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3123 S += ",R";
3124 } else {
3125 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3126 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3127 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003128 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003129 }
3130 }
3131
3132 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3133 // are "dynamic by default".
3134 if (Dynamic)
3135 S += ",D";
3136
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003137 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3138 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003139
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003140 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3141 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003142 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003143 }
3144
3145 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3146 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003147 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003148 }
3149
3150 if (SynthesizePID) {
3151 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3152 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003153 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003154 }
3155
3156 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3157}
3158
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003159/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003160/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3161/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003162/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3163///
3164void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003165 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003166 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003167 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3168 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003169 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003170 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003171 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3172 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003173 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3174 }
3175 }
3176}
3177
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003178void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003179 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003180 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3181 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3182 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3183 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003184 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003185 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003186}
3187
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003188static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003189 const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003190 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3191 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3192 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Eli Friedman9a901bb2009-04-26 19:19:15 +00003193 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003194 S += 'b';
3195 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3196}
3197
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003198// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003199void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3200 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3201 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003202 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003203 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003204 bool EncodingProperty) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003205 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003206 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3207 return EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3208 char encoding;
3209 switch (BT->getKind()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003210 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003211 case BuiltinType::Void: encoding = 'v'; break;
3212 case BuiltinType::Bool: encoding = 'B'; break;
3213 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3214 case BuiltinType::UChar: encoding = 'C'; break;
3215 case BuiltinType::UShort: encoding = 'S'; break;
3216 case BuiltinType::UInt: encoding = 'I'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003217 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3218 encoding =
3219 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
Fariborz Jahanian72696e12009-02-11 22:31:45 +00003220 break;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003221 case BuiltinType::UInt128: encoding = 'T'; break;
3222 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: encoding = 'Q'; break;
3223 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3224 case BuiltinType::SChar: encoding = 'c'; break;
3225 case BuiltinType::Short: encoding = 's'; break;
3226 case BuiltinType::Int: encoding = 'i'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003227 case BuiltinType::Long:
3228 encoding =
3229 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003230 break;
3231 case BuiltinType::LongLong: encoding = 'q'; break;
3232 case BuiltinType::Int128: encoding = 't'; break;
3233 case BuiltinType::Float: encoding = 'f'; break;
3234 case BuiltinType::Double: encoding = 'd'; break;
3235 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003236 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003237
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003238 S += encoding;
3239 return;
3240 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003241
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003242 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003243 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003244 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003245 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003246 return;
3247 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003248
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003249 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003250 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003251 bool isReadOnly = false;
3252 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3253 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3254 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003255 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003256 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003257 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3258 isReadOnly = true;
3259 S += 'r';
3260 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003261 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003262 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003263 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3264 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003265 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3266 isReadOnly = true;
3267 S += 'r';
3268 }
3269 }
3270 if (isReadOnly) {
3271 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3272 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3273 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
3274 const char * s = S.c_str();
3275 int len = S.length();
3276 if (len >= 2 && s[len-2] == 'n' && s[len-1] == 'r') {
3277 std::string replace = "rn";
3278 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), replace);
3279 }
3280 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003281 if (isObjCSelType(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003282 S += ':';
3283 return;
Fariborz Jahanianc2939bc2007-10-30 17:06:23 +00003284 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003285
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003286 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3287 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3288 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003289 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003290 S += '*';
3291 return;
3292 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003293 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003294 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3295 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3296 S += '#';
3297 return;
3298 }
3299 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3300 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3301 S += '@';
3302 return;
3303 }
3304 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003305 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003306 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003307 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3308
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003309 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003310 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003311 return;
3312 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003313
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003314 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3315 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3316 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003317 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3318 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3319 S += '^';
3320
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003321 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003322 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3323 } else {
3324 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003325
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003326 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3327 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3328 else {
3329 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3330 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3331 S += '0';
3332 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003333
3334 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003335 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3336 S += ']';
3337 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003338 return;
3339 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003340
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003341 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003342 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003343 return;
3344 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003345
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003346 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003347 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003348 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003349 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3350 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3351 S += II->getName();
3352 } else {
3353 S += '?';
3354 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003355 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003356 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003357 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3358 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003359 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003360 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003361 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003362 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003363 S += '"';
3364 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003365
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003366 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003367 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003368 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003369 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003370 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003371 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3372 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003373 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003374 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003375 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003376 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003377 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003378 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003379 return;
3380 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003381
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003382 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003383 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3384 EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3385 else
3386 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003387 return;
3388 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003389
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003390 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003391 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003392 return;
3393 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003394
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003395 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003396 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003397 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003398 S += '{';
3399 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3400 S += II->getName();
3401 S += '=';
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003402 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003403 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003404 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003405 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003406 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003407 RecFields[i]);
3408 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003409 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003410 FD);
3411 }
3412 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003413 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003414 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003415
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003416 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003417 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3418 S += '@';
3419 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003420 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003421
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003422 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3423 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3424 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3425 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003426 S += '#';
3427 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003428 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003429
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003430 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003431 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003432 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3433 ExpandStructures, FD);
3434 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3435 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3436 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003437 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003438 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3439 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003440 S += '<';
3441 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3442 S += '>';
3443 }
3444 S += '"';
3445 }
3446 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003447 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003448
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003449 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3450 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3451 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3452 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003453 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003454 // {...};
3455 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3457 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003458 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003459 return;
3460 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003461
3462 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003463 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003464 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003465 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003466 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3467 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003468 S += '<';
3469 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3470 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003471 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003472 S += '"';
3473 }
3474 return;
3475 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003476
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003477 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003478}
3479
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003480void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003481 std::string& S) const {
3482 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3483 S += 'n';
3484 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3485 S += 'N';
3486 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3487 S += 'o';
3488 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3489 S += 'O';
3490 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3491 S += 'R';
3492 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3493 S += 'V';
3494}
3495
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003496void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003497 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003498
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003499 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3500}
3501
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003502void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003503 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003504}
3505
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003506void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003507 ObjCSelType = T;
3508
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003509 const TypedefType *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003510 if (!TT)
3511 return;
3512 TypedefDecl *TD = TT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003513
3514 // typedef struct objc_selector *SEL;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003515 const PointerType *ptr = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Fariborz Jahanianc55a2402009-01-16 19:58:32 +00003516 if (!ptr)
3517 return;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003518 const RecordType *rec = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAsStructureType();
Fariborz Jahanianc55a2402009-01-16 19:58:32 +00003519 if (!rec)
3520 return;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003521 SelStructType = rec;
3522}
3523
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003524void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003525 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003526}
3527
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003528void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003529 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003530}
3531
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003532void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003533 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003534 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003535
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003536 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003537}
3538
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003539/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3540/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003541TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003542 bool TemplateKeyword,
3543 TemplateDecl *Template) {
3544 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3545 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3546
3547 void *InsertPos = 0;
3548 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3549 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3550 if (!QTN) {
3551 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3552 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3553 }
3554
3555 return TemplateName(QTN);
3556}
3557
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003558/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3559/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003560TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003561 bool TemplateKeyword,
3562 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Template) {
3563 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3564 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003565
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003566 void *InsertPos = 0;
3567 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3568 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3569 if (!QTN) {
3570 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3571 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3572 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003573
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00003574 return TemplateName(QTN);
3575}
3576
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003577/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3578/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003579TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003580 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003581 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00003582 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003583
3584 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3585 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
3586
3587 void *InsertPos = 0;
3588 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3589 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3590
3591 if (QTN)
3592 return TemplateName(QTN);
3593
3594 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3595 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3596 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
3597 } else {
3598 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
3599 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
3600 }
3601
3602 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3603 return TemplateName(QTN);
3604}
3605
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003606/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00003607/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
3608/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003609CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003610 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003611 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003612 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
3613 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
3614 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
3615 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
3616 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
3617 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
3618 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
3619 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
3620 }
3621
3622 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003623 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003624}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00003625
3626//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3627// Type Predicates.
3628//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3629
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003630/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
3631/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
3632/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003633/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003634///
3635bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
3636 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
3637 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003638 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003639 return true;
3640 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003641 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003642}
3643
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003644/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
3645/// garbage collection attribute.
3646///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003647Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
3648 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003649 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3650 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003651 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003652 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003653 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003654 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003655 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00003656 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003657 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003658 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003659 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003660 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00003661 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
3662 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003663 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003664 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003665 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003666 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003667}
3668
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003669//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3670// Type Compatibility Testing
3671//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00003672
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003673/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003674/// compatible.
3675static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
3676 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003677 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003678 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003679 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003680}
3681
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003682//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3683// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
3684//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3685
3686/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
3687/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003688bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
3689 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003690 if (lProto == rProto)
3691 return true;
3692 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
3693 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
3694 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
3695 return true;
3696 return false;
3697}
3698
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003699/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
3700/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
3701/// otherwise.
3702bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
3703 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3704 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
3705 return false;
3706}
3707
3708/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
3709/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
3710bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
3711 bool compare) {
3712 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003713 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003714 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
3715 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003716 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003717 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
3718 return true;
3719
3720 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003721 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003722
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003723 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003724
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003725 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003726 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003727 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3728 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3729 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3730 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3731 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3732 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3733 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003734 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003735 return false;
3736 }
3737 }
3738 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
3739 return true;
3740 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003741 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003742 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3743 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3744 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
3745 bool match = false;
3746
3747 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3748 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3749 // through its super class and categories.
3750 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
3751 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
3752 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
3753 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
3754 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
3755 match = true;
3756 break;
3757 }
3758 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003759 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003760 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3761 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3762 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3763 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3764 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3765 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3766 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003767 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003768 match = true;
3769 break;
3770 }
3771 }
3772 }
3773 if (!match)
3774 return false;
3775 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003776
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003777 return true;
3778 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003779
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003780 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
3781 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
3782
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003783 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003784 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
3785 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
3786 bool match = false;
3787 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3788 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
3789 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3790 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3791 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3792 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003793 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003794 match = true;
3795 break;
3796 }
3797 }
3798 if (!match)
3799 return false;
3800 }
3801 return true;
3802 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003803 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003804 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
3805 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3806 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
3807 bool match = false;
3808
3809 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3810 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3811 // through its super class and categories.
3812 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
3813 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
3814 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
3815 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
3816 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
3817 match = true;
3818 break;
3819 }
3820 }
3821 if (!match)
3822 return false;
3823 }
3824 return true;
3825 }
3826 return false;
3827}
3828
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003829/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003830/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
3831/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
3832///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003833bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
3834 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003835 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
3836 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003837 return true;
3838
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003839 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003840 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
3841 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003842 false);
3843
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003844 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
3845 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003846 if (LHS && RHS) // We have 2 user-defined types.
3847 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003848
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003849 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003850}
3851
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003852/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
3853/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
3854/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
3855/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
3856QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
3857 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
3858 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
3859 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
3860 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
3861 if (!LHS || !RHS)
3862 return QualType();
3863
3864 while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSIDecl = LHS->getDecl()->getSuperClass()) {
3865 QualType LHSTy = getObjCInterfaceType(LHSIDecl);
3866 LHS = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
3867 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS))
3868 return getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy);
3869 }
3870
3871 return QualType();
3872}
3873
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003874bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCInterfaceType *LHS,
3875 const ObjCInterfaceType *RHS) {
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003876 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
3877 // the LHS.
3878 if (!LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
3879 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003880
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003881 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
3882 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00003883 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003884 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003885
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003886 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
3887 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00003888 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003889 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003890
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00003891 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
3892 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00003893 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
3894 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
3895
3896 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
3897 // are incompatible.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00003898 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003899 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00003900 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
3901 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00003902 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00003903 break;
3904 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00003905 }
3906 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
3907 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
3908 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003909 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00003910 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
3911 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003912}
3913
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003914bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
3915 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003916 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3917 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003918
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003919 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003920 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003921
3922 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
3923 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003924}
3925
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003926/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00003927/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003928/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00003929/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003930bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
3931 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull();
3932}
3933
3934QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003935 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
3936 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003937 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
3938 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003939 bool allLTypes = true;
3940 bool allRTypes = true;
3941
3942 // Check return type
3943 QualType retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType());
3944 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003945 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()))
3946 allLTypes = false;
3947 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()))
3948 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00003949 // FIXME: double check this
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00003950 bool NoReturn = lbase->getNoReturnAttr() || rbase->getNoReturnAttr();
3951 if (NoReturn != lbase->getNoReturnAttr())
3952 allLTypes = false;
3953 if (NoReturn != rbase->getNoReturnAttr())
3954 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003955
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003956 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00003957 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
3958 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003959 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
3960 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
3961
3962 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
3963 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
3964 return QualType();
3965
3966 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
3967 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
3968 return QualType();
3969
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00003970 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
3971 return QualType();
3972
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003973 // Check argument compatibility
3974 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
3975 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
3976 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
3977 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
3978 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype);
3979 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
3980 types.push_back(argtype);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003981 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
3982 allLTypes = false;
3983 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
3984 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003985 }
3986 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
3987 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
3988 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00003989 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
3990 NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003991 }
3992
3993 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
3994 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
3995
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003996 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003997 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00003998 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003999 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4000 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4001 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4002 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4003 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4004 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4005 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4006 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4007 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
4008 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4009 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4010 return QualType();
4011 }
4012
4013 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4014 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4015 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004016 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
4017 proto->getTypeQuals(), NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004018 }
4019
4020 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4021 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004022 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004023}
4024
4025QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004026 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4027 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4028 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004029 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4030 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004031 // FIXME: C++ shouldn't be going through here! The rules are different
4032 // enough that they should be handled separately.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004033 // FIXME: Merging of lvalue and rvalue references is incorrect. C++ *really*
4034 // shouldn't be going through here!
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004035 if (const ReferenceType *RT = LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004036 LHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004037 if (const ReferenceType *RT = RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004038 RHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerf3692dc2008-04-07 05:37:56 +00004039
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004040 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4041 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4042
4043 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4044 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4045 return LHS;
4046
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004047 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
4048 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getQualifiers();
4049 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getQualifiers();
4050 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4051 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4052 // mismatch.
4053 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4054 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4055 return QualType();
4056
4057 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4058 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4059 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4060 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4061 // qualified __strong.
4062 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4063 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4064 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4065
4066 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4067 return QualType();
4068
4069 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4070 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4071 }
4072 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4073 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4074 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004075 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004076 }
4077
4078 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004079
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004080 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4081 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004082
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004083 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4084 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4085 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4086 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004087
4088 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004089 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4090 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4091 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4092 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004093
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004094 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4095 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4096 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004097
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004098 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004099 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004100 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004101 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004102 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004103 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4104 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004105 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004106 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004107 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4108 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004109 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004110
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004111 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004112 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004113
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004114 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004115 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004116#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4117#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
4118#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4119#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4120#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4121 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4122 return QualType();
4123
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004124 case Type::LValueReference:
4125 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004126 case Type::MemberPointer:
4127 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4128 return QualType();
4129
4130 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4131 case Type::VariableArray:
4132 case Type::FunctionProto:
4133 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004134 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4135 return QualType();
4136
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004137 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004138 {
4139 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004140 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4141 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004142 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4143 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004144 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004145 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004146 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004147 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004148 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4149 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004150 case Type::BlockPointer:
4151 {
4152 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004153 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4154 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004155 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4156 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4157 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4158 return LHS;
4159 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4160 return RHS;
4161 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4162 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004163 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004164 {
4165 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4166 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4167 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4168 return QualType();
4169
4170 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4171 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
4172 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem);
4173 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004174 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4175 return LHS;
4176 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4177 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004178 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4179 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4180 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4181 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004182 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4183 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004184 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4185 return LHS;
4186 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4187 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004188 if (LVAT) {
4189 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4190 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4191 // has to be different.
4192 return LHS;
4193 }
4194 if (RVAT) {
4195 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4196 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4197 // has to be different.
4198 return RHS;
4199 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004200 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4201 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004202 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4203 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004204 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004205 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004206 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004207 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004208 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004209 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004210 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004211 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004212 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004213 case Type::Complex:
4214 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4215 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004216 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004217 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004218 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHS->getAs<VectorType>(), RHS->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004219 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004220 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004221 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004222 // Check if the interfaces are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004223 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4224 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004225 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
4226 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004227 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
4228 canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
4229 return LHS;
4230
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004231 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004232 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004233 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004234 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4235 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004236 return LHS;
4237
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004238 return QualType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004239 }
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004240 case Type::FixedWidthInt:
4241 // Distinct fixed-width integers are not compatible.
4242 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004243 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
4244 assert(false && "Dependent types have no size");
4245 break;
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004246 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004247
4248 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004249}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004250
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00004251//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004252// Integer Predicates
4253//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00004254
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004255unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
4256 if (T == BoolTy)
4257 return 1;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004258 if (FixedWidthIntType *FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)) {
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004259 return FWIT->getWidth();
4260 }
4261 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004262 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
4263}
4264
4265QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
4266 assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004267
4268 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
4269 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
4270 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
4271 VTy->getNumElements());
4272
4273 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
4274 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004275 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004276
4277 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
4278 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004279 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
4280 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4281 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4282 return UnsignedCharTy;
4283 case BuiltinType::Short:
4284 return UnsignedShortTy;
4285 case BuiltinType::Int:
4286 return UnsignedIntTy;
4287 case BuiltinType::Long:
4288 return UnsignedLongTy;
4289 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4290 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004291 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4292 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004293 default:
4294 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
4295 return QualType();
4296 }
4297}
4298
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00004299ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
4300
4301void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004302
4303
4304//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4305// Builtin Type Computation
4306//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4307
4308/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
4309/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004310static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004311 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
4312 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
4313 // Modifiers.
4314 int HowLong = 0;
4315 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004316
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004317 // Read the modifiers first.
4318 bool Done = false;
4319 while (!Done) {
4320 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004321 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004322 case 'S':
4323 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4324 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4325 Signed = true;
4326 break;
4327 case 'U':
4328 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4329 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4330 Unsigned = true;
4331 break;
4332 case 'L':
4333 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
4334 ++HowLong;
4335 break;
4336 }
4337 }
4338
4339 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004340
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004341 // Read the base type.
4342 switch (*Str++) {
4343 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
4344 case 'v':
4345 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4346 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
4347 Type = Context.VoidTy;
4348 break;
4349 case 'f':
4350 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4351 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
4352 Type = Context.FloatTy;
4353 break;
4354 case 'd':
4355 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4356 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
4357 if (HowLong)
4358 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
4359 else
4360 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
4361 break;
4362 case 's':
4363 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
4364 if (Unsigned)
4365 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4366 else
4367 Type = Context.ShortTy;
4368 break;
4369 case 'i':
4370 if (HowLong == 3)
4371 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
4372 else if (HowLong == 2)
4373 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
4374 else if (HowLong == 1)
4375 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
4376 else
4377 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
4378 break;
4379 case 'c':
4380 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
4381 if (Signed)
4382 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
4383 else if (Unsigned)
4384 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
4385 else
4386 Type = Context.CharTy;
4387 break;
4388 case 'b': // boolean
4389 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
4390 Type = Context.BoolTy;
4391 break;
4392 case 'z': // size_t.
4393 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
4394 Type = Context.getSizeType();
4395 break;
4396 case 'F':
4397 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
4398 break;
4399 case 'a':
4400 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4401 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4402 break;
4403 case 'A':
4404 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
4405 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
4406 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
4407 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
4408 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
4409 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
4410 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
4411 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
4412 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4413 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4414 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
4415 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
4416 } else {
4417 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4418 }
4419 break;
4420 case 'V': {
4421 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004422 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4423 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004424
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004425 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004426
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004427 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4428 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
4429 break;
4430 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00004431 case 'X': {
4432 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4433 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
4434 break;
4435 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004436 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00004437 Type = Context.getFILEType();
4438 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004439 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004440 return QualType();
4441 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004442 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004443 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004444 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004445 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004446 else
4447 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
4448
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004449 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004450 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004451 return QualType();
4452 }
4453 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004454 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004455
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004456 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
4457 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004458
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004459 Done = false;
4460 while (!Done) {
4461 switch (*Str++) {
4462 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
4463 case '*':
4464 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
4465 break;
4466 case '&':
4467 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4468 break;
4469 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
4470 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004471 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004472 break;
4473 }
4474 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004475
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004476 return Type;
4477}
4478
4479/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
4480QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
4481 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
4482 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004483
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004484 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004485
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004486 Error = GE_None;
4487 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4488 if (Error != GE_None)
4489 return QualType();
4490 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
4491 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4492 if (Error != GE_None)
4493 return QualType();
4494
4495 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
4496 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4497 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004498
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004499 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
4500 }
4501
4502 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
4503 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
4504
4505 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
4506 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
4507 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
4508 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
4509 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0);
4510}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004511
4512QualType
4513ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4514 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
4515 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
4516 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
4517 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
4518 // equivalent.
4519 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4520 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
4521 else
4522 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4523 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4524 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
4525 else
4526 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4527
4528 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
4529 if (lhs == rhs)
4530 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004531
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004532 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
4533 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
4534 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
4535 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004536
4537 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
4538
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004539 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
4540 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
4541 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004542 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004543 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4544 return lhs;
4545 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004546 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004547 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4548 return rhs;
4549 }
4550 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004551 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
4552 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
4553 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
4554 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004555 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004556 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004557 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004558 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004559 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
4560 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004561
4562 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004563 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004564 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004565 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004566 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004567 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
4568 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
4569 // does not require this promotion.
4570 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
4571 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
4572 return rhs;
4573 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
4574 return lhs;
4575 }
4576 }
4577 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
4578 }
4579 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
4580 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
4581 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
4582 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4583 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
4584 return lhs;
4585 }
4586 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4587 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
4588 return getComplexType(lhs);
4589 }
4590 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4591 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
4592 return rhs;
4593 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004594 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004595 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
4596 return getComplexType(rhs);
4597 }
4598 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
4599 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
4600 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4601 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
4602 return lhs;
4603 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
4604 return rhs; // convert the lhs
4605 }
4606 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4607 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
4608 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4609 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4610
4611 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004612 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004613 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
4614 return lhs; // convert the rhs
4615 return rhs;
4616 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4617 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4618 return lhs;
4619 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4620 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4621 return rhs;
4622 }
4623 }
4624 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
4625 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
4626 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4627 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
4628 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
4629 QualType destType;
4630 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
4631 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
4632 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
4633 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
4634 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
4635 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
4636 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
4637 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
4638 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
4639 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
4640 // use the signed type.
4641 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
4642 } else {
4643 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
4644 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
4645 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
4646 // to the signed type.
4647 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
4648 }
4649 return destType;
4650}